UbiquitousOS
/
OpenCloudOS-Kernel
mirror of https://gitee.com/OpenCloudOS/OpenCloudOS-Kernel.git
11
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
OpenCloudOS-Kernel/drivers/lightnvm/pblk-init.c

1170 lines
28 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
/*
* Copyright (C) 2015 IT University of Copenhagen (rrpc.c)
* Copyright (C) 2016 CNEX Labs
* Initial release: Javier Gonzalez <javier@cnexlabs.com>
* Matias Bjorling <matias@cnexlabs.com>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
* 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
* WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* General Public License for more details.
*
* Implementation of a physical block-device target for Open-channel SSDs.
*
* pblk-init.c - pblk's initialization.
*/
#include "pblk.h"
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
static struct kmem_cache *pblk_ws_cache, *pblk_rec_cache, *pblk_g_rq_cache,
lightnvm: pblk: do not use a mempool for line bitmaps pblk holds two sector bitmaps: one to keep track of the mapped sectors while the line is active and another one to keep track of the invalid sectors. The latter is kept during the whole live of the line, until it is recycled. Since we cannot guarantee forward progress for the mempool in this case, get rid of the mempool and simply allocate memory through kmalloc. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:09 +08:00
*pblk_w_rq_cache;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
static DECLARE_RWSEM(pblk_lock);
lightnvm/pblk-read: use bio_clone_fast() pblk_submit_read() uses bio_clone_bioset() but doesn't change the io_vec, so bio_clone_fast() is a better choice. It also uses fs_bio_set which is intended for filesystems. Using it in a device driver can deadlock. So allocate a new bioset, and and use bio_clone_fast(). Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Tested-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-18 12:38:58 +08:00
struct bio_set *pblk_bio_set;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
static int pblk_rw_io(struct request_queue *q, struct pblk *pblk,
struct bio *bio)
{
int ret;
/* Read requests must be <= 256kb due to NVMe's 64 bit completion bitmap
* constraint. Writes can be of arbitrary size.
*/
if (bio_data_dir(bio) == READ) {
blk: remove bio_set arg from blk_queue_split() blk_queue_split() is always called with the last arg being q->bio_split, where 'q' is the first arg. Also blk_queue_split() sometimes uses the passed-in 'bs' and sometimes uses q->bio_split. This is inconsistent and unnecessary. Remove the last arg and always use q->bio_split inside blk_queue_split() Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@redhat.com> Credit-to: Javier González <jg@lightnvm.io> (Noticed that lightnvm was missed) Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Tested-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-18 12:38:57 +08:00
blk_queue_split(q, &bio);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
ret = pblk_submit_read(pblk, bio);
if (ret == NVM_IO_DONE && bio_flagged(bio, BIO_CLONED))
bio_put(bio);
return ret;
}
/* Prevent deadlock in the case of a modest LUN configuration and large
* user I/Os. Unless stalled, the rate limiter leaves at least 256KB
* available for user I/O.
*/
lightnvm: pblk: avoid deadlock on low LUN config On low LUN configurations, make sure not to send bios that are bigger than the buffer size. Fixes: a4bd217b4326 ("lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target") Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:05 +08:00
if (pblk_get_secs(bio) > pblk_rl_max_io(&pblk->rl))
blk: remove bio_set arg from blk_queue_split() blk_queue_split() is always called with the last arg being q->bio_split, where 'q' is the first arg. Also blk_queue_split() sometimes uses the passed-in 'bs' and sometimes uses q->bio_split. This is inconsistent and unnecessary. Remove the last arg and always use q->bio_split inside blk_queue_split() Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@redhat.com> Credit-to: Javier González <jg@lightnvm.io> (Noticed that lightnvm was missed) Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Tested-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-18 12:38:57 +08:00
blk_queue_split(q, &bio);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
return pblk_write_to_cache(pblk, bio, PBLK_IOTYPE_USER);
}
static blk_qc_t pblk_make_rq(struct request_queue *q, struct bio *bio)
{
struct pblk *pblk = q->queuedata;
if (bio_op(bio) == REQ_OP_DISCARD) {
pblk_discard(pblk, bio);
if (!(bio->bi_opf & REQ_PREFLUSH)) {
bio_endio(bio);
return BLK_QC_T_NONE;
}
}
switch (pblk_rw_io(q, pblk, bio)) {
case NVM_IO_ERR:
bio_io_error(bio);
break;
case NVM_IO_DONE:
bio_endio(bio);
break;
}
return BLK_QC_T_NONE;
}
lightnvm: pblk: add l2p crc debug printouts Print the CRC of the logical-to-physical mapping during exit and after recovering the L2P table to facilitate detection of meta data corruption/recovery issues. The CRC printed after recovery should match the CRC printed during the previous exit - if it doesn't this indicates that either the meta data written to the disk is corrupt or recovery failed. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:40 +08:00
static size_t pblk_trans_map_size(struct pblk *pblk)
{
int entry_size = 8;
if (pblk->ppaf_bitsize < 32)
entry_size = 4;
return entry_size * pblk->rl.nr_secs;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_NVM_DEBUG
static u32 pblk_l2p_crc(struct pblk *pblk)
{
size_t map_size;
u32 crc = ~(u32)0;
map_size = pblk_trans_map_size(pblk);
crc = crc32_le(crc, pblk->trans_map, map_size);
return crc;
}
#endif
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
static void pblk_l2p_free(struct pblk *pblk)
{
vfree(pblk->trans_map);
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
static int pblk_l2p_recover(struct pblk *pblk, bool factory_init)
{
struct pblk_line *line = NULL;
if (factory_init) {
pblk_setup_uuid(pblk);
} else {
line = pblk_recov_l2p(pblk);
if (IS_ERR(line)) {
pr_err("pblk: could not recover l2p table\n");
return -EFAULT;
}
}
#ifdef CONFIG_NVM_DEBUG
pr_info("pblk init: L2P CRC: %x\n", pblk_l2p_crc(pblk));
#endif
/* Free full lines directly as GC has not been started yet */
pblk_gc_free_full_lines(pblk);
if (!line) {
/* Configure next line for user data */
line = pblk_line_get_first_data(pblk);
if (!line) {
pr_err("pblk: line list corrupted\n");
return -EFAULT;
}
}
return 0;
}
static int pblk_l2p_init(struct pblk *pblk, bool factory_init)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
{
sector_t i;
struct ppa_addr ppa;
lightnvm: pblk: add l2p crc debug printouts Print the CRC of the logical-to-physical mapping during exit and after recovering the L2P table to facilitate detection of meta data corruption/recovery issues. The CRC printed after recovery should match the CRC printed during the previous exit - if it doesn't this indicates that either the meta data written to the disk is corrupt or recovery failed. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:40 +08:00
size_t map_size;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: add l2p crc debug printouts Print the CRC of the logical-to-physical mapping during exit and after recovering the L2P table to facilitate detection of meta data corruption/recovery issues. The CRC printed after recovery should match the CRC printed during the previous exit - if it doesn't this indicates that either the meta data written to the disk is corrupt or recovery failed. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:40 +08:00
map_size = pblk_trans_map_size(pblk);
pblk->trans_map = vmalloc(map_size);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (!pblk->trans_map)
return -ENOMEM;
pblk_ppa_set_empty(&ppa);
for (i = 0; i < pblk->rl.nr_secs; i++)
pblk_trans_map_set(pblk, i, ppa);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
return pblk_l2p_recover(pblk, factory_init);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
static void pblk_rwb_free(struct pblk *pblk)
{
if (pblk_rb_tear_down_check(&pblk->rwb))
pr_err("pblk: write buffer error on tear down\n");
pblk_rb_data_free(&pblk->rwb);
vfree(pblk_rb_entries_ref(&pblk->rwb));
}
static int pblk_rwb_init(struct pblk *pblk)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct pblk_rb_entry *entries;
unsigned long nr_entries;
unsigned int power_size, power_seg_sz;
nr_entries = pblk_rb_calculate_size(pblk->pgs_in_buffer);
entries = vzalloc(nr_entries * sizeof(struct pblk_rb_entry));
if (!entries)
return -ENOMEM;
power_size = get_count_order(nr_entries);
power_seg_sz = get_count_order(geo->sec_size);
return pblk_rb_init(&pblk->rwb, entries, power_size, power_seg_sz);
}
/* Minimum pages needed within a lun */
#define ADDR_POOL_SIZE 64
static int pblk_set_ppaf(struct pblk *pblk)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct nvm_addr_format ppaf = geo->ppaf;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
int mod, power_len;
div_u64_rem(geo->sec_per_chk, pblk->min_write_pgs, &mod);
if (mod) {
pr_err("pblk: bad configuration of sectors/pages\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
/* Re-calculate channel and lun format to adapt to configuration */
power_len = get_count_order(geo->nr_chnls);
if (1 << power_len != geo->nr_chnls) {
pr_err("pblk: supports only power-of-two channel config.\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
ppaf.ch_len = power_len;
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
power_len = get_count_order(geo->nr_luns);
if (1 << power_len != geo->nr_luns) {
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
pr_err("pblk: supports only power-of-two LUN config.\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
ppaf.lun_len = power_len;
pblk->ppaf.sec_offset = 0;
pblk->ppaf.pln_offset = ppaf.sect_len;
pblk->ppaf.ch_offset = pblk->ppaf.pln_offset + ppaf.pln_len;
pblk->ppaf.lun_offset = pblk->ppaf.ch_offset + ppaf.ch_len;
pblk->ppaf.pg_offset = pblk->ppaf.lun_offset + ppaf.lun_len;
pblk->ppaf.blk_offset = pblk->ppaf.pg_offset + ppaf.pg_len;
pblk->ppaf.sec_mask = (1ULL << ppaf.sect_len) - 1;
pblk->ppaf.pln_mask = ((1ULL << ppaf.pln_len) - 1) <<
pblk->ppaf.pln_offset;
pblk->ppaf.ch_mask = ((1ULL << ppaf.ch_len) - 1) <<
pblk->ppaf.ch_offset;
pblk->ppaf.lun_mask = ((1ULL << ppaf.lun_len) - 1) <<
pblk->ppaf.lun_offset;
pblk->ppaf.pg_mask = ((1ULL << ppaf.pg_len) - 1) <<
pblk->ppaf.pg_offset;
pblk->ppaf.blk_mask = ((1ULL << ppaf.blk_len) - 1) <<
pblk->ppaf.blk_offset;
pblk->ppaf_bitsize = pblk->ppaf.blk_offset + ppaf.blk_len;
return 0;
}
static int pblk_init_global_caches(struct pblk *pblk)
{
down_write(&pblk_lock);
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
pblk_ws_cache = kmem_cache_create("pblk_blk_ws",
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
sizeof(struct pblk_line_ws), 0, 0, NULL);
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
if (!pblk_ws_cache) {
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
up_write(&pblk_lock);
return -ENOMEM;
}
pblk_rec_cache = kmem_cache_create("pblk_rec",
sizeof(struct pblk_rec_ctx), 0, 0, NULL);
if (!pblk_rec_cache) {
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_ws_cache);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
up_write(&pblk_lock);
return -ENOMEM;
}
lightnvm: pblk: rename read request pool Read requests allocate some extra memory to store its per I/O context. Instead of requiring yet another memory pool for other type of requests, generalize this context allocation (and change naming accordingly). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-27 06:27:13 +08:00
pblk_g_rq_cache = kmem_cache_create("pblk_g_rq", pblk_g_rq_size,
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
0, 0, NULL);
lightnvm: pblk: rename read request pool Read requests allocate some extra memory to store its per I/O context. Instead of requiring yet another memory pool for other type of requests, generalize this context allocation (and change naming accordingly). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-27 06:27:13 +08:00
if (!pblk_g_rq_cache) {
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_ws_cache);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_rec_cache);
up_write(&pblk_lock);
return -ENOMEM;
}
pblk_w_rq_cache = kmem_cache_create("pblk_w_rq", pblk_w_rq_size,
0, 0, NULL);
if (!pblk_w_rq_cache) {
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_ws_cache);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_rec_cache);
lightnvm: pblk: rename read request pool Read requests allocate some extra memory to store its per I/O context. Instead of requiring yet another memory pool for other type of requests, generalize this context allocation (and change naming accordingly). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-27 06:27:13 +08:00
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_g_rq_cache);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
up_write(&pblk_lock);
return -ENOMEM;
}
up_write(&pblk_lock);
return 0;
}
lightnvm: pblk: fix releases of kmem cache in error path If pblk_core_init fails lets destroy all global caches. Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pandit <rakesh@tuxera.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:33 +08:00
static void pblk_free_global_caches(struct pblk *pblk)
{
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_ws_cache);
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_rec_cache);
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_g_rq_cache);
kmem_cache_destroy(pblk_w_rq_cache);
}
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
static int pblk_core_init(struct pblk *pblk)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
int max_write_ppas;
atomic64_set(&pblk->user_wa, 0);
atomic64_set(&pblk->pad_wa, 0);
atomic64_set(&pblk->gc_wa, 0);
pblk->user_rst_wa = 0;
pblk->pad_rst_wa = 0;
pblk->gc_rst_wa = 0;
atomic64_set(&pblk->nr_flush, 0);
pblk->nr_flush_rst = 0;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
pblk->pgs_in_buffer = NVM_MEM_PAGE_WRITE * geo->sec_per_pg *
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
geo->nr_planes * geo->all_luns;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
pblk->min_write_pgs = geo->sec_per_pl * (geo->sec_size / PAGE_SIZE);
max_write_ppas = pblk->min_write_pgs * geo->all_luns;
pblk->max_write_pgs = min_t(int, max_write_ppas, NVM_MAX_VLBA);
pblk_set_sec_per_write(pblk, pblk->min_write_pgs);
if (pblk->max_write_pgs > PBLK_MAX_REQ_ADDRS) {
pr_err("pblk: vector list too big(%u > %u)\n",
pblk->max_write_pgs, PBLK_MAX_REQ_ADDRS);
return -EINVAL;
}
pblk->pad_dist = kzalloc((pblk->min_write_pgs - 1) * sizeof(atomic64_t),
GFP_KERNEL);
if (!pblk->pad_dist)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
return -ENOMEM;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
if (pblk_init_global_caches(pblk))
goto fail_free_pad_dist;
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
/* Internal bios can be at most the sectors signaled by the device. */
lightnvm: remove nvm_dev_ops->max_phys_sect The value of max_phys_sect is always static. Instead of defining it in the nvm_dev_ops structure, declare it as a global value. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:04 +08:00
pblk->page_bio_pool = mempool_create_page_pool(NVM_MAX_VLBA, 0);
lightnvm: pblk: fix min size for page mempool pblk uses an internal page mempool for allocating pages on internal bios. The main two users of this memory pool are partial reads (reads with some sectors in cache and some on media) and padded writes, which need to add dummy pages to an existing bio already containing valid data (and with a large enough bioset allocated). In both cases, the maximum number of pages per bio is defined by the maximum number of physical sectors supported by the underlying device. This patch fixes a bad mempool allocation, where the min_nr of elements on the pool was fixed (to 16), which is lower than the maximum number of sectors supported by NVMe (as of the time for this patch). Instead, use the maximum number of allowed sectors reported by the device. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:06 +08:00
if (!pblk->page_bio_pool)
lightnvm: pblk: fix releases of kmem cache in error path If pblk_core_init fails lets destroy all global caches. Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pandit <rakesh@tuxera.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:33 +08:00
goto free_global_caches;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
pblk->gen_ws_pool = mempool_create_slab_pool(PBLK_GEN_WS_POOL_SIZE,
pblk_ws_cache);
if (!pblk->gen_ws_pool)
lightnvm: pblk: fix min size for page mempool pblk uses an internal page mempool for allocating pages on internal bios. The main two users of this memory pool are partial reads (reads with some sectors in cache and some on media) and padded writes, which need to add dummy pages to an existing bio already containing valid data (and with a large enough bioset allocated). In both cases, the maximum number of pages per bio is defined by the maximum number of physical sectors supported by the underlying device. This patch fixes a bad mempool allocation, where the min_nr of elements on the pool was fixed (to 16), which is lower than the maximum number of sectors supported by NVMe (as of the time for this patch). Instead, use the maximum number of allowed sectors reported by the device. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:06 +08:00
goto free_page_bio_pool;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
pblk->rec_pool = mempool_create_slab_pool(geo->all_luns,
pblk_rec_cache);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (!pblk->rec_pool)
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
goto free_gen_ws_pool;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
pblk->r_rq_pool = mempool_create_slab_pool(geo->all_luns,
lightnvm: pblk: set mempool and workqueue params. Make constants to define sizes for internal mempools and workqueues. In this process, adjust the values to be more meaningful given the internal constrains of the FTL. In order to do this for workqueues, separate the current auxiliary workqueue into two dedicated workqueues to manage lines being closed and bad blocks. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:28 +08:00
pblk_g_rq_cache);
lightnvm: pblk: decouple read/erase mempools Since read and erase paths offer different guarantees for inflight I/Os, separate the mempools to set the right min_nr for each on creation. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:08 +08:00
if (!pblk->r_rq_pool)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
goto free_rec_pool;
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
pblk->e_rq_pool = mempool_create_slab_pool(geo->all_luns,
lightnvm: pblk: decouple read/erase mempools Since read and erase paths offer different guarantees for inflight I/Os, separate the mempools to set the right min_nr for each on creation. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:08 +08:00
pblk_g_rq_cache);
if (!pblk->e_rq_pool)
goto free_r_rq_pool;
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
pblk->w_rq_pool = mempool_create_slab_pool(geo->all_luns,
lightnvm: pblk: set mempool and workqueue params. Make constants to define sizes for internal mempools and workqueues. In this process, adjust the values to be more meaningful given the internal constrains of the FTL. In order to do this for workqueues, separate the current auxiliary workqueue into two dedicated workqueues to manage lines being closed and bad blocks. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:28 +08:00
pblk_w_rq_cache);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (!pblk->w_rq_pool)
lightnvm: pblk: decouple read/erase mempools Since read and erase paths offer different guarantees for inflight I/Os, separate the mempools to set the right min_nr for each on creation. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:08 +08:00
goto free_e_rq_pool;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: set mempool and workqueue params. Make constants to define sizes for internal mempools and workqueues. In this process, adjust the values to be more meaningful given the internal constrains of the FTL. In order to do this for workqueues, separate the current auxiliary workqueue into two dedicated workqueues to manage lines being closed and bad blocks. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:28 +08:00
pblk->close_wq = alloc_workqueue("pblk-close-wq",
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM | WQ_UNBOUND, PBLK_NR_CLOSE_JOBS);
if (!pblk->close_wq)
lightnvm: pblk: do not use a mempool for line bitmaps pblk holds two sector bitmaps: one to keep track of the mapped sectors while the line is active and another one to keep track of the invalid sectors. The latter is kept during the whole live of the line, until it is recycled. Since we cannot guarantee forward progress for the mempool in this case, get rid of the mempool and simply allocate memory through kmalloc. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:09 +08:00
goto free_w_rq_pool;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: set mempool and workqueue params. Make constants to define sizes for internal mempools and workqueues. In this process, adjust the values to be more meaningful given the internal constrains of the FTL. In order to do this for workqueues, separate the current auxiliary workqueue into two dedicated workqueues to manage lines being closed and bad blocks. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:28 +08:00
pblk->bb_wq = alloc_workqueue("pblk-bb-wq",
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM | WQ_UNBOUND, 0);
if (!pblk->bb_wq)
goto free_close_wq;
lightnvm: pblk: guarantee line integrity on reads When a line is recycled during garbage collection, reads can still be issued to the line. If the line is freed in the middle of this process, data corruption might occur. This patch guarantees that lines are not freed in the middle of reads that target them (lines). Specifically, we use the existing line reference to decide when a line is eligible for being freed after the recycle process. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:23 +08:00
pblk->r_end_wq = alloc_workqueue("pblk-read-end-wq",
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM | WQ_UNBOUND, 0);
if (!pblk->r_end_wq)
lightnvm: pblk: set mempool and workqueue params. Make constants to define sizes for internal mempools and workqueues. In this process, adjust the values to be more meaningful given the internal constrains of the FTL. In order to do this for workqueues, separate the current auxiliary workqueue into two dedicated workqueues to manage lines being closed and bad blocks. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:28 +08:00
goto free_bb_wq;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: guarantee line integrity on reads When a line is recycled during garbage collection, reads can still be issued to the line. If the line is freed in the middle of this process, data corruption might occur. This patch guarantees that lines are not freed in the middle of reads that target them (lines). Specifically, we use the existing line reference to decide when a line is eligible for being freed after the recycle process. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:23 +08:00
if (pblk_set_ppaf(pblk))
goto free_r_end_wq;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&pblk->compl_list);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
return 0;
lightnvm: pblk: guarantee line integrity on reads When a line is recycled during garbage collection, reads can still be issued to the line. If the line is freed in the middle of this process, data corruption might occur. This patch guarantees that lines are not freed in the middle of reads that target them (lines). Specifically, we use the existing line reference to decide when a line is eligible for being freed after the recycle process. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:23 +08:00
free_r_end_wq:
destroy_workqueue(pblk->r_end_wq);
lightnvm: pblk: set mempool and workqueue params. Make constants to define sizes for internal mempools and workqueues. In this process, adjust the values to be more meaningful given the internal constrains of the FTL. In order to do this for workqueues, separate the current auxiliary workqueue into two dedicated workqueues to manage lines being closed and bad blocks. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:28 +08:00
free_bb_wq:
destroy_workqueue(pblk->bb_wq);
free_close_wq:
destroy_workqueue(pblk->close_wq);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
free_w_rq_pool:
mempool_destroy(pblk->w_rq_pool);
lightnvm: pblk: decouple read/erase mempools Since read and erase paths offer different guarantees for inflight I/Os, separate the mempools to set the right min_nr for each on creation. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:08 +08:00
free_e_rq_pool:
mempool_destroy(pblk->e_rq_pool);
free_r_rq_pool:
mempool_destroy(pblk->r_rq_pool);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
free_rec_pool:
mempool_destroy(pblk->rec_pool);
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
free_gen_ws_pool:
mempool_destroy(pblk->gen_ws_pool);
lightnvm: pblk: fix min size for page mempool pblk uses an internal page mempool for allocating pages on internal bios. The main two users of this memory pool are partial reads (reads with some sectors in cache and some on media) and padded writes, which need to add dummy pages to an existing bio already containing valid data (and with a large enough bioset allocated). In both cases, the maximum number of pages per bio is defined by the maximum number of physical sectors supported by the underlying device. This patch fixes a bad mempool allocation, where the min_nr of elements on the pool was fixed (to 16), which is lower than the maximum number of sectors supported by NVMe (as of the time for this patch). Instead, use the maximum number of allowed sectors reported by the device. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:06 +08:00
free_page_bio_pool:
mempool_destroy(pblk->page_bio_pool);
lightnvm: pblk: fix releases of kmem cache in error path If pblk_core_init fails lets destroy all global caches. Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pandit <rakesh@tuxera.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:33 +08:00
free_global_caches:
pblk_free_global_caches(pblk);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
fail_free_pad_dist:
kfree(pblk->pad_dist);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
return -ENOMEM;
}
static void pblk_core_free(struct pblk *pblk)
{
lightnvm: pblk: set mempool and workqueue params. Make constants to define sizes for internal mempools and workqueues. In this process, adjust the values to be more meaningful given the internal constrains of the FTL. In order to do this for workqueues, separate the current auxiliary workqueue into two dedicated workqueues to manage lines being closed and bad blocks. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:28 +08:00
if (pblk->close_wq)
destroy_workqueue(pblk->close_wq);
lightnvm: pblk: guarantee line integrity on reads When a line is recycled during garbage collection, reads can still be issued to the line. If the line is freed in the middle of this process, data corruption might occur. This patch guarantees that lines are not freed in the middle of reads that target them (lines). Specifically, we use the existing line reference to decide when a line is eligible for being freed after the recycle process. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:23 +08:00
if (pblk->r_end_wq)
destroy_workqueue(pblk->r_end_wq);
lightnvm: pblk: set mempool and workqueue params. Make constants to define sizes for internal mempools and workqueues. In this process, adjust the values to be more meaningful given the internal constrains of the FTL. In order to do this for workqueues, separate the current auxiliary workqueue into two dedicated workqueues to manage lines being closed and bad blocks. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:28 +08:00
if (pblk->bb_wq)
destroy_workqueue(pblk->bb_wq);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: fix min size for page mempool pblk uses an internal page mempool for allocating pages on internal bios. The main two users of this memory pool are partial reads (reads with some sectors in cache and some on media) and padded writes, which need to add dummy pages to an existing bio already containing valid data (and with a large enough bioset allocated). In both cases, the maximum number of pages per bio is defined by the maximum number of physical sectors supported by the underlying device. This patch fixes a bad mempool allocation, where the min_nr of elements on the pool was fixed (to 16), which is lower than the maximum number of sectors supported by NVMe (as of the time for this patch). Instead, use the maximum number of allowed sectors reported by the device. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:06 +08:00
mempool_destroy(pblk->page_bio_pool);
lightnvm: pblk: simplify work_queue mempool In pblk, we have a mempool to allocate a generic structure that we pass along workqueues. This is heavily used in the GC path in order to have enough inflight reads and fully utilize the GC bandwidth. However, the current GC path copies data to the host memory and puts it back into the write buffer. This requires a vmalloc allocation for the data and a memory copy. Thus, guaranteeing the allocation by using a mempool for the structure in itself does not give us much. Until we implement support for vector copy to avoid moving data through the host, just allocate the workqueue structure using kmalloc. This allows us to have a much smaller mempool. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:07 +08:00
mempool_destroy(pblk->gen_ws_pool);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
mempool_destroy(pblk->rec_pool);
lightnvm: pblk: decouple read/erase mempools Since read and erase paths offer different guarantees for inflight I/Os, separate the mempools to set the right min_nr for each on creation. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:08 +08:00
mempool_destroy(pblk->r_rq_pool);
mempool_destroy(pblk->e_rq_pool);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
mempool_destroy(pblk->w_rq_pool);
lightnvm: pblk: fix releases of kmem cache in error path If pblk_core_init fails lets destroy all global caches. Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pandit <rakesh@tuxera.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:33 +08:00
pblk_free_global_caches(pblk);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
kfree(pblk->pad_dist);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
static void pblk_line_mg_free(struct pblk *pblk)
{
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
int i;
kfree(l_mg->bb_template);
kfree(l_mg->bb_aux);
kfree(l_mg->vsc_list);
for (i = 0; i < PBLK_DATA_LINES; i++) {
kfree(l_mg->sline_meta[i]);
pblk_mfree(l_mg->eline_meta[i]->buf, l_mg->emeta_alloc_type);
kfree(l_mg->eline_meta[i]);
}
}
static void pblk_line_meta_free(struct pblk_line *line)
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
{
kfree(line->blk_bitmap);
kfree(line->erase_bitmap);
}
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
static void pblk_lines_free(struct pblk *pblk)
{
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
struct pblk_line *line;
int i;
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
for (i = 0; i < l_mg->nr_lines; i++) {
line = &pblk->lines[i];
pblk_line_free(pblk, line);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
pblk_line_meta_free(line);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
pblk_line_mg_free(pblk);
kfree(pblk->luns);
kfree(pblk->lines);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
static int pblk_bb_get_tbl(struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev, struct pblk_lun *rlun,
u8 *blks, int nr_blks)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
{
struct ppa_addr ppa;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
int ret;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
ppa.ppa = 0;
ppa.g.ch = rlun->bppa.g.ch;
ppa.g.lun = rlun->bppa.g.lun;
ret = nvm_get_tgt_bb_tbl(dev, ppa, blks);
if (ret)
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
return ret;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
nr_blks = nvm_bb_tbl_fold(dev->parent, blks, nr_blks);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
if (nr_blks < 0)
return -EIO;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: fix possible memory leak in pblk_bb_discovery() 'blks' is malloced in pblk_bb_discovery() and should be freed before leaving from the nvm_get_tgt_bb_tbl() error handling cases, otherwise it will cause memory leak. Also skip assign blks to rlun->bb_list when error. Fixes: a4bd217b4326 ("lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target") Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-26 00:15:30 +08:00
return 0;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
static void *pblk_bb_get_log(struct pblk *pblk)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
{
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
u8 *log;
int i, nr_blks, blk_per_lun;
int ret;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
blk_per_lun = geo->nr_chks * geo->plane_mode;
nr_blks = blk_per_lun * geo->all_luns;
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
log = kmalloc(nr_blks, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!log)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
for (i = 0; i < geo->all_luns; i++) {
struct pblk_lun *rlun = &pblk->luns[i];
u8 *log_pos = log + i * blk_per_lun;
ret = pblk_bb_get_tbl(dev, rlun, log_pos, blk_per_lun);
if (ret) {
kfree(log);
return ERR_PTR(-EIO);
}
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
return log;
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
static int pblk_bb_line(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
u8 *bb_log, int blk_per_line)
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
{
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
int i, bb_cnt = 0;
lightnvm: fix bad block initialization fix reading bad block device information to correctly setup the per line blk_bitmap during lightnvm initialization Signed-off-by: Heiner Litz <hlitz@ucsc.edu> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:06 +08:00
int blk_per_lun = geo->nr_chks * geo->plane_mode;
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < blk_per_line; i++) {
struct pblk_lun *rlun = &pblk->luns[i];
lightnvm: fix bad block initialization fix reading bad block device information to correctly setup the per line blk_bitmap during lightnvm initialization Signed-off-by: Heiner Litz <hlitz@ucsc.edu> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:06 +08:00
u8 *lun_bb_log = bb_log + i * blk_per_lun;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
if (lun_bb_log[line->id] == NVM_BLK_T_FREE)
continue;
set_bit(pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, rlun->bppa), line->blk_bitmap);
bb_cnt++;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
return bb_cnt;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
static int pblk_luns_init(struct pblk *pblk)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct pblk_lun *rlun;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
int i;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
/* TODO: Implement unbalanced LUN support */
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
if (geo->nr_luns < 0) {
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
pr_err("pblk: unbalanced LUN config.\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
pblk->luns = kcalloc(geo->all_luns, sizeof(struct pblk_lun),
GFP_KERNEL);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (!pblk->luns)
return -ENOMEM;
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < geo->all_luns; i++) {
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
/* Stripe across channels */
int ch = i % geo->nr_chnls;
int lun_raw = i / geo->nr_chnls;
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
int lunid = lun_raw + ch * geo->nr_luns;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
rlun = &pblk->luns[i];
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
rlun->bppa = dev->luns[lunid];
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
sema_init(&rlun->wr_sem, 1);
}
return 0;
}
/* See comment over struct line_emeta definition */
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
static unsigned int calc_emeta_len(struct pblk *pblk)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
{
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
/* Round to sector size so that lba_list starts on its own sector */
lm->emeta_sec[1] = DIV_ROUND_UP(
lightnvm: pblk: export write amplification counters to sysfs In a SSD, write amplification, WA, is defined as the average number of page writes per user page write. Write amplification negatively affects write performance and decreases the lifetime of the disk, so it's a useful metric to add to sysfs. In plkb's case, the number of writes per user sector is the sum of: (1) number of user writes (2) number of sectors written by the garbage collector (3) number of sectors padded (i.e. due to syncs) This patch adds persistent counters for 1-3 and two sysfs attributes to export these along with WA calculated with five decimals: write_amp_mileage: the accumulated write amplification stats for the lifetime of the pblk instance write_amp_trip: resetable stats to facilitate delta measurements, values reset at creation and if 0 is written to the attribute. 64-bit counters are used as a 32 bit counter would wrap around already after about 17 TB worth of user data. It will take a long long time before the 64 bit sector counters wrap around. The counters are stored after the bad block bitmap in the first emeta sector of each written line. There is plenty of space in the first emeta sector, so we don't need to bump the major version of the line data format. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:52 +08:00
sizeof(struct line_emeta) + lm->blk_bitmap_len +
sizeof(struct wa_counters), geo->sec_size);
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
lm->emeta_len[1] = lm->emeta_sec[1] * geo->sec_size;
/* Round to sector size so that vsc_list starts on its own sector */
lm->dsec_per_line = lm->sec_per_line - lm->emeta_sec[0];
lm->emeta_sec[2] = DIV_ROUND_UP(lm->dsec_per_line * sizeof(u64),
geo->sec_size);
lm->emeta_len[2] = lm->emeta_sec[2] * geo->sec_size;
lm->emeta_sec[3] = DIV_ROUND_UP(l_mg->nr_lines * sizeof(u32),
geo->sec_size);
lm->emeta_len[3] = lm->emeta_sec[3] * geo->sec_size;
lm->vsc_list_len = l_mg->nr_lines * sizeof(u32);
return (lm->emeta_len[1] + lm->emeta_len[2] + lm->emeta_len[3]);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
static void pblk_set_provision(struct pblk *pblk, long nr_free_blks)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
lightnvm: pblk: use exact free block counter in RL Until now, pblk's rate-limiter has used a heuristic to reserve space for GC I/O given that the over-provision area was fixed. In preparation for allowing to define the over-provision area on target creation, define a dedicated free_block counter in the rate-limiter to track the number of blocks being used for user data. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:13 +08:00
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
sector_t provisioned;
lightnvm: pblk: use exact free block counter in RL Until now, pblk's rate-limiter has used a heuristic to reserve space for GC I/O given that the over-provision area was fixed. In preparation for allowing to define the over-provision area on target creation, define a dedicated free_block counter in the rate-limiter to track the number of blocks being used for user data. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:13 +08:00
int sec_meta, blk_meta;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: set target over-provision on create ioctl Allow to set the over-provision percentage on target creation. In case that the value is not provided, fall back to the default value set by the target. In pblk, set the default OP to 11% of the total size of the device Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:14 +08:00
if (geo->op == NVM_TARGET_DEFAULT_OP)
pblk->op = PBLK_DEFAULT_OP;
else
pblk->op = geo->op;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
provisioned = nr_free_blks;
lightnvm: pblk: use exact free block counter in RL Until now, pblk's rate-limiter has used a heuristic to reserve space for GC I/O given that the over-provision area was fixed. In preparation for allowing to define the over-provision area on target creation, define a dedicated free_block counter in the rate-limiter to track the number of blocks being used for user data. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:13 +08:00
provisioned *= (100 - pblk->op);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
sector_div(provisioned, 100);
lightnvm: pblk: use exact free block counter in RL Until now, pblk's rate-limiter has used a heuristic to reserve space for GC I/O given that the over-provision area was fixed. In preparation for allowing to define the over-provision area on target creation, define a dedicated free_block counter in the rate-limiter to track the number of blocks being used for user data. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:13 +08:00
pblk->op_blks = nr_free_blks - provisioned;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
/* Internally pblk manages all free blocks, but all calculations based
* on user capacity consider only provisioned blocks
*/
pblk->rl.total_blocks = nr_free_blks;
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
pblk->rl.nr_secs = nr_free_blks * geo->sec_per_chk;
lightnvm: pblk: use exact free block counter in RL Until now, pblk's rate-limiter has used a heuristic to reserve space for GC I/O given that the over-provision area was fixed. In preparation for allowing to define the over-provision area on target creation, define a dedicated free_block counter in the rate-limiter to track the number of blocks being used for user data. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:13 +08:00
/* Consider sectors used for metadata */
sec_meta = (lm->smeta_sec + lm->emeta_sec[0]) * l_mg->nr_free_lines;
blk_meta = DIV_ROUND_UP(sec_meta, geo->sec_per_chk);
pblk->capacity = (provisioned - blk_meta) * geo->sec_per_chk;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
atomic_set(&pblk->rl.free_blocks, nr_free_blks);
lightnvm: pblk: use exact free block counter in RL Until now, pblk's rate-limiter has used a heuristic to reserve space for GC I/O given that the over-provision area was fixed. In preparation for allowing to define the over-provision area on target creation, define a dedicated free_block counter in the rate-limiter to track the number of blocks being used for user data. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:13 +08:00
atomic_set(&pblk->rl.free_user_blocks, nr_free_blks);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
static int pblk_setup_line_meta(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
void *chunk_log, long *nr_bad_blks)
{
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
line->blk_bitmap = kzalloc(lm->blk_bitmap_len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!line->blk_bitmap)
return -ENOMEM;
line->erase_bitmap = kzalloc(lm->blk_bitmap_len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!line->erase_bitmap) {
kfree(line->blk_bitmap);
return -ENOMEM;
}
*nr_bad_blks = pblk_bb_line(pblk, line, chunk_log, lm->blk_per_line);
return 0;
}
static int pblk_line_mg_init(struct pblk *pblk)
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
{
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
int i, bb_distance;
l_mg->nr_lines = geo->nr_chks;
l_mg->log_line = l_mg->data_line = NULL;
l_mg->l_seq_nr = l_mg->d_seq_nr = 0;
l_mg->nr_free_lines = 0;
bitmap_zero(&l_mg->meta_bitmap, PBLK_DATA_LINES);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->free_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->corrupt_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->bad_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->gc_full_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->gc_high_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->gc_mid_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->gc_low_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->gc_empty_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&l_mg->emeta_list);
l_mg->gc_lists[0] = &l_mg->gc_high_list;
l_mg->gc_lists[1] = &l_mg->gc_mid_list;
l_mg->gc_lists[2] = &l_mg->gc_low_list;
spin_lock_init(&l_mg->free_lock);
spin_lock_init(&l_mg->close_lock);
spin_lock_init(&l_mg->gc_lock);
l_mg->vsc_list = kcalloc(l_mg->nr_lines, sizeof(__le32), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!l_mg->vsc_list)
goto fail;
l_mg->bb_template = kzalloc(lm->sec_bitmap_len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!l_mg->bb_template)
goto fail_free_vsc_list;
l_mg->bb_aux = kzalloc(lm->sec_bitmap_len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!l_mg->bb_aux)
goto fail_free_bb_template;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
/* smeta is always small enough to fit on a kmalloc memory allocation,
* emeta depends on the number of LUNs allocated to the pblk instance
*/
for (i = 0; i < PBLK_DATA_LINES; i++) {
l_mg->sline_meta[i] = kmalloc(lm->smeta_len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!l_mg->sline_meta[i])
goto fail_free_smeta;
}
/* emeta allocates three different buffers for managing metadata with
* in-memory and in-media layouts
*/
for (i = 0; i < PBLK_DATA_LINES; i++) {
struct pblk_emeta *emeta;
emeta = kmalloc(sizeof(struct pblk_emeta), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!emeta)
goto fail_free_emeta;
if (lm->emeta_len[0] > KMALLOC_MAX_CACHE_SIZE) {
l_mg->emeta_alloc_type = PBLK_VMALLOC_META;
emeta->buf = vmalloc(lm->emeta_len[0]);
if (!emeta->buf) {
kfree(emeta);
goto fail_free_emeta;
}
emeta->nr_entries = lm->emeta_sec[0];
l_mg->eline_meta[i] = emeta;
} else {
l_mg->emeta_alloc_type = PBLK_KMALLOC_META;
emeta->buf = kmalloc(lm->emeta_len[0], GFP_KERNEL);
if (!emeta->buf) {
kfree(emeta);
goto fail_free_emeta;
}
emeta->nr_entries = lm->emeta_sec[0];
l_mg->eline_meta[i] = emeta;
}
}
for (i = 0; i < l_mg->nr_lines; i++)
l_mg->vsc_list[i] = cpu_to_le32(EMPTY_ENTRY);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
bb_distance = (geo->all_luns) * geo->ws_opt;
for (i = 0; i < lm->sec_per_line; i += bb_distance)
bitmap_set(l_mg->bb_template, i, geo->ws_opt);
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
return 0;
fail_free_emeta:
while (--i >= 0) {
lightnvm: pblk: fix error path in pblk_lines_alloc_metadata Use appropriate memory free calls based on allocation type used and also fix number of times free is called if kmalloc fails. Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pandit <rakesh@tuxera.com> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:45:54 +08:00
if (l_mg->emeta_alloc_type == PBLK_VMALLOC_META)
vfree(l_mg->eline_meta[i]->buf);
else
kfree(l_mg->eline_meta[i]->buf);
lightnvm: pblk: simplify meta. memory allocation smeta size will always be suitable for a kmalloc allocation. Simplify the code and leave the vmalloc fallback only for emeta, where the pblk configuration has an impact. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:21 +08:00
kfree(l_mg->eline_meta[i]);
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
}
fail_free_smeta:
for (i = 0; i < PBLK_DATA_LINES; i++)
lightnvm: pblk: simplify meta. memory allocation smeta size will always be suitable for a kmalloc allocation. Simplify the code and leave the vmalloc fallback only for emeta, where the pblk configuration has an impact. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:21 +08:00
kfree(l_mg->sline_meta[i]);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
kfree(l_mg->bb_aux);
fail_free_bb_template:
kfree(l_mg->bb_template);
fail_free_vsc_list:
kfree(l_mg->vsc_list);
fail:
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
return -ENOMEM;
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
static int pblk_line_meta_init(struct pblk *pblk)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
unsigned int smeta_len, emeta_len;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
int i;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
lm->sec_per_line = geo->sec_per_chk * geo->all_luns;
lm->blk_per_line = geo->all_luns;
lm->blk_bitmap_len = BITS_TO_LONGS(geo->all_luns) * sizeof(long);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lm->sec_bitmap_len = BITS_TO_LONGS(lm->sec_per_line) * sizeof(long);
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
lm->lun_bitmap_len = BITS_TO_LONGS(geo->all_luns) * sizeof(long);
lightnvm: pblk: fix changing GC group list for a line pblk_line_gc_list seems to had a bug since the introduction of pblk in getting GC list for a line. In b20ba1bc7 while redesigning the GC algorithm, the naming for the GC thresholds was altered, but the values for high_thrs and mid_thrs were not. The result is that when moving to the GC lists, the mid threshold is never evaluated. Fixes: a4bd217b4("lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target") Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pandit <rakesh@tuxera.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:28 +08:00
lm->mid_thrs = lm->sec_per_line / 2;
lm->high_thrs = lm->sec_per_line / 4;
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
lm->meta_distance = (geo->all_luns / 2) * pblk->min_write_pgs;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
/* Calculate necessary pages for smeta. See comment over struct
* line_smeta definition
*/
i = 1;
add_smeta_page:
lm->smeta_sec = i * geo->sec_per_pl;
lm->smeta_len = lm->smeta_sec * geo->sec_size;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
smeta_len = sizeof(struct line_smeta) + lm->lun_bitmap_len;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (smeta_len > lm->smeta_len) {
i++;
goto add_smeta_page;
}
/* Calculate necessary pages for emeta. See comment over struct
* line_emeta definition
*/
i = 1;
add_emeta_page:
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
lm->emeta_sec[0] = i * geo->sec_per_pl;
lm->emeta_len[0] = lm->emeta_sec[0] * geo->sec_size;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
emeta_len = calc_emeta_len(pblk);
if (emeta_len > lm->emeta_len[0]) {
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
i++;
goto add_emeta_page;
}
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
lm->emeta_bb = geo->all_luns > i ? geo->all_luns - i : 0;
lightnvm: pblk: enable 1 LUN configuration Metadata I/Os are scheduled to minimize their impact on user data I/Os. When there are enough LUNs instantiated (i.e., enough bandwidth), it is easy to interleave metadata and data one after the other so that metadata I/Os are the ones being blocked and not vice-versa. We do this by calculating the distance between the I/Os in terms of the LUNs that are not in used, and selecting a free LUN that satisfies a the simple heuristic that metadata is scheduled behind. The per-LUN semaphores guarantee consistency. This works fine on >1 LUN configuration. However, when a single LUN is instantiated, this design leads to a deadlock, where metadata waits to be scheduled on a free LUN. This patch implements the 1 LUN case by simply scheduling the metadada I/O after the data I/O. In the process, we refactor the way a line is replaced to ensure that metadata writes are submitted after data writes in order to guarantee block sequentiality. Note that, since there is only one LUN, both I/Os will block each other by design. However, such configuration only pursues tight read latencies, not write bandwidth. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:26 +08:00
lm->min_blk_line = 1;
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
if (geo->all_luns > 1)
lightnvm: pblk: enable 1 LUN configuration Metadata I/Os are scheduled to minimize their impact on user data I/Os. When there are enough LUNs instantiated (i.e., enough bandwidth), it is easy to interleave metadata and data one after the other so that metadata I/Os are the ones being blocked and not vice-versa. We do this by calculating the distance between the I/Os in terms of the LUNs that are not in used, and selecting a free LUN that satisfies a the simple heuristic that metadata is scheduled behind. The per-LUN semaphores guarantee consistency. This works fine on >1 LUN configuration. However, when a single LUN is instantiated, this design leads to a deadlock, where metadata waits to be scheduled on a free LUN. This patch implements the 1 LUN case by simply scheduling the metadada I/O after the data I/O. In the process, we refactor the way a line is replaced to ensure that metadata writes are submitted after data writes in order to guarantee block sequentiality. Note that, since there is only one LUN, both I/Os will block each other by design. However, such configuration only pursues tight read latencies, not write bandwidth. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:26 +08:00
lm->min_blk_line += DIV_ROUND_UP(lm->smeta_sec +
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
lm->emeta_sec[0], geo->sec_per_chk);
lightnvm: pblk: enable 1 LUN configuration Metadata I/Os are scheduled to minimize their impact on user data I/Os. When there are enough LUNs instantiated (i.e., enough bandwidth), it is easy to interleave metadata and data one after the other so that metadata I/Os are the ones being blocked and not vice-versa. We do this by calculating the distance between the I/Os in terms of the LUNs that are not in used, and selecting a free LUN that satisfies a the simple heuristic that metadata is scheduled behind. The per-LUN semaphores guarantee consistency. This works fine on >1 LUN configuration. However, when a single LUN is instantiated, this design leads to a deadlock, where metadata waits to be scheduled on a free LUN. This patch implements the 1 LUN case by simply scheduling the metadada I/O after the data I/O. In the process, we refactor the way a line is replaced to ensure that metadata writes are submitted after data writes in order to guarantee block sequentiality. Note that, since there is only one LUN, both I/Os will block each other by design. However, such configuration only pursues tight read latencies, not write bandwidth. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:26 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: add initialization check Add a sanity check to the pblk initialization sequence in order to ensure that enough LUNs have been allocated to store the line metadata. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 23:56:41 +08:00
if (lm->min_blk_line > lm->blk_per_line) {
pr_err("pblk: config. not supported. Min. LUN in line:%d\n",
lm->blk_per_line);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
lightnvm: pblk: add initialization check Add a sanity check to the pblk initialization sequence in order to ensure that enough LUNs have been allocated to store the line metadata. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 23:56:41 +08:00
}
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
return 0;
}
static int pblk_lines_init(struct pblk *pblk)
{
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
struct pblk_line *line;
void *chunk_log;
long nr_bad_blks = 0, nr_free_blks = 0;
int i, ret;
ret = pblk_line_meta_init(pblk);
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
if (ret)
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
return ret;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
ret = pblk_line_mg_init(pblk);
if (ret)
return ret;
ret = pblk_luns_init(pblk);
if (ret)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
goto fail_free_meta;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
chunk_log = pblk_bb_get_log(pblk);
if (IS_ERR(chunk_log)) {
pr_err("pblk: could not get bad block log (%lu)\n",
PTR_ERR(chunk_log));
ret = PTR_ERR(chunk_log);
goto fail_free_luns;
lightnvm: fix some error code in pblk-init.c There were a bunch of places in pblk_lines_init() where we didn't set an error code. And in pblk_writer_init() we accidentally return 1 instead of a correct error code, which would result in a Oops later. Fixes: 11a5d6fdf919 ("lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:53 +08:00
}
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
pblk->lines = kcalloc(l_mg->nr_lines, sizeof(struct pblk_line),
GFP_KERNEL);
lightnvm: fix some error code in pblk-init.c There were a bunch of places in pblk_lines_init() where we didn't set an error code. And in pblk_writer_init() we accidentally return 1 instead of a correct error code, which would result in a Oops later. Fixes: 11a5d6fdf919 ("lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:53 +08:00
if (!pblk->lines) {
ret = -ENOMEM;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
goto fail_free_chunk_log;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
}
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < l_mg->nr_lines; i++) {
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
int chk_in_line;
lightnvm: pblk: fix erase counters on error fail When block erases fail, these blocks are marked bad. The number of valid blocks in the line was not updated, which could cause an infinite loop on the erase path. Fix this atomic counter and, in order to avoid taking an irq lock on the interrupt context, make the erase counters atomic too. Also, in the case that a significant number of blocks become bad in a line, the result is the double shared metadata buffer (emeta) to stop the pipeline until all metadata is flushed to the media. Increase the number of metadata lines from 2 to 4 to avoid this case. Fixes: a4bd217b4326 "lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target" Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Reviewed-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-22 07:32:49 +08:00
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
line = &pblk->lines[i];
line->pblk = pblk;
line->id = i;
line->type = PBLK_LINETYPE_FREE;
line->state = PBLK_LINESTATE_FREE;
line->gc_group = PBLK_LINEGC_NONE;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:17 +08:00
line->vsc = &l_mg->vsc_list[i];
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
spin_lock_init(&line->lock);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
ret = pblk_setup_line_meta(pblk, line, chunk_log, &nr_bad_blks);
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
if (ret)
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
goto fail_free_lines;
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
chk_in_line = lm->blk_per_line - nr_bad_blks;
if (nr_bad_blks < 0 || nr_bad_blks > lm->blk_per_line ||
chk_in_line < lm->min_blk_line) {
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
line->state = PBLK_LINESTATE_BAD;
list_add_tail(&line->list, &l_mg->bad_list);
continue;
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
nr_free_blks += chk_in_line;
atomic_set(&line->blk_in_line, chk_in_line);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
l_mg->nr_free_lines++;
list_add_tail(&line->list, &l_mg->free_list);
}
pblk_set_provision(pblk, nr_free_blks);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
kfree(chunk_log);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
return 0;
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
fail_free_lines:
lightnvm: pblk: decouple bad block from line alloc Decouple bad block discovery from line allocation logic. This allows to return meaningful error codes in case of bad block discovery failure. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:22 +08:00
while (--i >= 0)
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
pblk_line_meta_free(&pblk->lines[i]);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
kfree(pblk->lines);
fail_free_chunk_log:
kfree(chunk_log);
fail_free_luns:
kfree(pblk->luns);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
fail_free_meta:
lightnvm: pblk: refactor bad block identification In preparation for the OCSSD 2.0 spec. bad block identification, refactor the current code to generalize bad block get/set functions and structures. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:59 +08:00
pblk_line_mg_free(pblk);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
return ret;
}
static int pblk_writer_init(struct pblk *pblk)
{
pblk->writer_ts = kthread_create(pblk_write_ts, pblk, "pblk-writer-t");
if (IS_ERR(pblk->writer_ts)) {
lightnvm: pblk: ensure kthread alloc. before kicking it When creating the write thread, ensure that the kthread has been created before initializing the timer responsible from kicking it. Otherwise, if the kthread creation fails or gets killed from used space, we risk kicking an empty thread structure. Also, since the kthread creation can be interrupted form user space, adapt the error path to not report an error when this happens, since it is intentional that the instance creation is aborted. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Updated source to reflect the new timer_setup API. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:17 +08:00
int err = PTR_ERR(pblk->writer_ts);
if (err != -EINTR)
pr_err("pblk: could not allocate writer kthread (%d)\n",
err);
return err;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: ensure kthread alloc. before kicking it When creating the write thread, ensure that the kthread has been created before initializing the timer responsible from kicking it. Otherwise, if the kthread creation fails or gets killed from used space, we risk kicking an empty thread structure. Also, since the kthread creation can be interrupted form user space, adapt the error path to not report an error when this happens, since it is intentional that the instance creation is aborted. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Updated source to reflect the new timer_setup API. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:17 +08:00
timer_setup(&pblk->wtimer, pblk_write_timer_fn, 0);
mod_timer(&pblk->wtimer, jiffies + msecs_to_jiffies(100));
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
return 0;
}
static void pblk_writer_stop(struct pblk *pblk)
{
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 23:56:40 +08:00
/* The pipeline must be stopped and the write buffer emptied before the
* write thread is stopped
*/
WARN(pblk_rb_read_count(&pblk->rwb),
"Stopping not fully persisted write buffer\n");
WARN(pblk_rb_sync_count(&pblk->rwb),
"Stopping not fully synced write buffer\n");
lightnvm: pblk: delete writer kick timer before stopping thread Unless we delete the timer that wakes up the write thread before we stop the thread we risk re-starting the thread, so delete the timer first. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:56 +08:00
del_timer_sync(&pblk->wtimer);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (pblk->writer_ts)
kthread_stop(pblk->writer_ts);
}
static void pblk_free(struct pblk *pblk)
{
pblk_lines_free(pblk);
pblk_l2p_free(pblk);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
pblk_rwb_free(pblk);
pblk_core_free(pblk);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
kfree(pblk);
}
static void pblk_tear_down(struct pblk *pblk)
{
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:29 +08:00
pblk_pipeline_stop(pblk);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
pblk_writer_stop(pblk);
pblk_rb_sync_l2p(&pblk->rwb);
pblk_rl_free(&pblk->rl);
pr_debug("pblk: consistent tear down\n");
}
static void pblk_exit(void *private)
{
struct pblk *pblk = private;
down_write(&pblk_lock);
pblk_gc_exit(pblk);
pblk_tear_down(pblk);
lightnvm: pblk: add l2p crc debug printouts Print the CRC of the logical-to-physical mapping during exit and after recovering the L2P table to facilitate detection of meta data corruption/recovery issues. The CRC printed after recovery should match the CRC printed during the previous exit - if it doesn't this indicates that either the meta data written to the disk is corrupt or recovery failed. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:40 +08:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NVM_DEBUG
pr_info("pblk exit: L2P CRC: %x\n", pblk_l2p_crc(pblk));
#endif
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
pblk_free(pblk);
up_write(&pblk_lock);
}
static sector_t pblk_capacity(void *private)
{
struct pblk *pblk = private;
return pblk->capacity * NR_PHY_IN_LOG;
}
static void *pblk_init(struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev, struct gendisk *tdisk,
int flags)
{
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct request_queue *bqueue = dev->q;
struct request_queue *tqueue = tdisk->queue;
struct pblk *pblk;
int ret;
if (dev->identity.dom & NVM_RSP_L2P) {
lightnvm: pblk: fix message if L2P MAP is in device This usually happens if we are developing with qemu and ll2pmode has default value. Improve description. Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pandit <rakesh@tuxera.com> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:45:57 +08:00
pr_err("pblk: host-side L2P table not supported. (%x)\n",
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
dev->identity.dom);
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
}
pblk = kzalloc(sizeof(struct pblk), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!pblk)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
pblk->dev = dev;
pblk->disk = tdisk;
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:29 +08:00
pblk->state = PBLK_STATE_RUNNING;
lightnvm: pblk: prevent gc kicks when gc is not operational GC can be kicked after it has been shut down when closing the last line during exit, resulting in accesses to freed structures. Make sure that GC is not triggered while it is not operational. Also make sure that GC won't be re-activated during exit when running on another processor by using timer_del_sync. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:34 +08:00
pblk->gc.gc_enabled = 0;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
spin_lock_init(&pblk->trans_lock);
spin_lock_init(&pblk->lock);
#ifdef CONFIG_NVM_DEBUG
atomic_long_set(&pblk->inflight_writes, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->padded_writes, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->padded_wb, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->req_writes, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->sub_writes, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->sync_writes, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->inflight_reads, 0);
lightnvm: pblk: add debug stat for read cache hits Add a new debug counter to measure cache hits on the read path Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 17:57:13 +08:00
atomic_long_set(&pblk->cache_reads, 0);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
atomic_long_set(&pblk->sync_reads, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->recov_writes, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->recov_writes, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->recov_gc_writes, 0);
lightnvm: pblk: initialize debug stat counter Initialize the stat counter for garbage collected reads. Fixes: a4bd217b43268 ("lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target") Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:01 +08:00
atomic_long_set(&pblk->recov_gc_reads, 0);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
#endif
atomic_long_set(&pblk->read_failed, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->read_empty, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->read_high_ecc, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->read_failed_gc, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->write_failed, 0);
atomic_long_set(&pblk->erase_failed, 0);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
ret = pblk_core_init(pblk);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
pr_err("pblk: could not initialize core\n");
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
goto fail;
}
ret = pblk_lines_init(pblk);
if (ret) {
pr_err("pblk: could not initialize lines\n");
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
goto fail_free_core;
lightnvm: pblk: add padding distribution sysfs attribute When pblk receives a sync, all data up to that point in the write buffer must be comitted to persistent storage, and as flash memory comes with a minimal write size there is a significant cost involved both in terms of time for completing the sync and in terms of write amplification padded sectors for filling up to the minimal write size. In order to get a better understanding of the costs involved for syncs, Add a sysfs attribute to pblk: padded_dist, showing a normalized distribution of sectors padded. In order to facilitate measurements of specific workloads during the lifetime of the pblk instance, the distribution can be reset by writing 0 to the attribute. Do this by introducing counters for each possible padding: {0..(minimal write size - 1)} and calculate the normalized distribution when showing the attribute. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Rearranged total_buckets statement in pblk_sysfs_get_padding_dist Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:04:55 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
ret = pblk_rwb_init(pblk);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
pr_err("pblk: could not initialize write buffer\n");
goto fail_free_lines;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
ret = pblk_l2p_init(pblk, flags & NVM_TARGET_FACTORY);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
if (ret) {
pr_err("pblk: could not initialize maps\n");
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
goto fail_free_rwb;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
ret = pblk_writer_init(pblk);
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: ensure kthread alloc. before kicking it When creating the write thread, ensure that the kthread has been created before initializing the timer responsible from kicking it. Otherwise, if the kthread creation fails or gets killed from used space, we risk kicking an empty thread structure. Also, since the kthread creation can be interrupted form user space, adapt the error path to not report an error when this happens, since it is intentional that the instance creation is aborted. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Updated source to reflect the new timer_setup API. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:17 +08:00
if (ret != -EINTR)
pr_err("pblk: could not initialize write thread\n");
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
goto fail_free_l2p;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
ret = pblk_gc_init(pblk);
if (ret) {
pr_err("pblk: could not initialize gc\n");
goto fail_stop_writer;
}
/* inherit the size from the underlying device */
blk_queue_logical_block_size(tqueue, queue_physical_block_size(bqueue));
blk_queue_max_hw_sectors(tqueue, queue_max_hw_sectors(bqueue));
blk_queue_write_cache(tqueue, true, false);
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
tqueue->limits.discard_granularity = geo->sec_per_chk * geo->sec_size;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
tqueue->limits.discard_alignment = 0;
blk_queue_max_discard_sectors(tqueue, UINT_MAX >> 9);
block: Use blk_queue_flag_*() in drivers instead of queue_flag_*() This patch has been generated as follows: for verb in set_unlocked clear_unlocked set clear; do replace-in-files queue_flag_${verb} blk_queue_flag_${verb%_unlocked} \ $(git grep -lw queue_flag_${verb} drivers block/bsg*) done Except for protecting all queue flag changes with the queue lock this patch does not change any functionality. Cc: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com> Cc: Shaohua Li <shli@fb.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de> Cc: Ming Lei <ming.lei@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bart.vanassche@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de> Acked-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-08 09:10:10 +08:00
blk_queue_flag_set(QUEUE_FLAG_DISCARD, tqueue);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
lightnvm: pblk: print instance name on instance info Add the instance name to the information printed out on target creation. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:19 +08:00
pr_info("pblk(%s): luns:%u, lines:%d, secs:%llu, buf entries:%u\n",
tdisk->disk_name,
lightnvm: make geometry structures 2.0 ready Prepare for the 2.0 revision by adapting the geometry structures to coexist with the 1.2 revision. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 21:16:03 +08:00
geo->all_luns, pblk->l_mg.nr_lines,
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
(unsigned long long)pblk->rl.nr_secs,
pblk->rwb.nr_entries);
wake_up_process(pblk->writer_ts);
lightnvm: pblk: start gc if needed during init Start GC if needed, directly after init, as we might need to garbage collect in order to make room for user writes. Create a helper function that allows to kick GC without exposing the internals of the GC/rate-limiter interaction. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:46:37 +08:00
/* Check if we need to start GC */
pblk_gc_should_kick(pblk);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
return pblk;
fail_stop_writer:
pblk_writer_stop(pblk);
fail_free_l2p:
pblk_l2p_free(pblk);
lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences Refactor init and exit sequences to eliminate dependencies among init modules and improve readability. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-30 06:05:09 +08:00
fail_free_rwb:
pblk_rwb_free(pblk);
fail_free_lines:
pblk_lines_free(pblk);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
fail_free_core:
pblk_core_free(pblk);
fail:
kfree(pblk);
return ERR_PTR(ret);
}
/* physical block device target */
static struct nvm_tgt_type tt_pblk = {
.name = "pblk",
.version = {1, 0, 0},
.make_rq = pblk_make_rq,
.capacity = pblk_capacity,
.init = pblk_init,
.exit = pblk_exit,
.sysfs_init = pblk_sysfs_init,
.sysfs_exit = pblk_sysfs_exit,
lightnvm: prevent target type module removal when in use If target type module e.g. pblk here is unloaded (rmmod) while module is in use (after creating target) system crashes. We fix this by using module API refcnt. Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pandit <rakesh@tuxera.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 20:45:50 +08:00
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
};
static int __init pblk_module_init(void)
{
lightnvm/pblk-read: use bio_clone_fast() pblk_submit_read() uses bio_clone_bioset() but doesn't change the io_vec, so bio_clone_fast() is a better choice. It also uses fs_bio_set which is intended for filesystems. Using it in a device driver can deadlock. So allocate a new bioset, and and use bio_clone_fast(). Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Tested-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-18 12:38:58 +08:00
int ret;
pblk_bio_set = bioset_create(BIO_POOL_SIZE, 0, 0);
if (!pblk_bio_set)
return -ENOMEM;
ret = nvm_register_tgt_type(&tt_pblk);
if (ret)
bioset_free(pblk_bio_set);
return ret;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
}
static void pblk_module_exit(void)
{
lightnvm/pblk-read: use bio_clone_fast() pblk_submit_read() uses bio_clone_bioset() but doesn't change the io_vec, so bio_clone_fast() is a better choice. It also uses fs_bio_set which is intended for filesystems. Using it in a device driver can deadlock. So allocate a new bioset, and and use bio_clone_fast(). Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Tested-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-18 12:38:58 +08:00
bioset_free(pblk_bio_set);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-16 02:55:50 +08:00
nvm_unregister_tgt_type(&tt_pblk);
}
module_init(pblk_module_init);
module_exit(pblk_module_exit);
MODULE_AUTHOR("Javier Gonzalez <javier@cnexlabs.com>");
MODULE_AUTHOR("Matias Bjorling <matias@cnexlabs.com>");
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
MODULE_DESCRIPTION("Physical Block-Device for Open-Channel SSDs");